220 kV Substation Protection Relay Settings
220 kV Substation Protection Relay Settings
2) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
Sheet 1 /2 & 2 /2
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 2
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 3
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 4
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 5
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 6
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 7
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 8
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 9
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 10
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 11
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 12
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 13
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
1) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
2) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
3) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
4) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 14
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
5) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 15
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
1) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
2) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 16
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 17
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 18
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 19
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 20
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 21
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 22
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 23
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 24
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 25
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 26
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 27
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 28
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 29
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 30
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
5) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
6) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
7) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
8) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 31
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
8) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 32
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
3) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
4) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 33
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 34
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 35
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 36
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 37
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 38
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 39
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 40
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 41
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 42
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 43
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 44
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 45
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 46
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 47
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
9) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
10) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
11) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
12) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 48
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
11) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 49
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
5) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
6) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 50
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 51
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 52
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 53
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 54
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 55
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 56
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 57
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 58
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 59
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 60
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 61
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 62
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 63
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 64
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
16) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
13) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
14) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
15) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
If the fault is not Vizcarra 0.53 0.40
cleared, BAntamina X/R 7.0 6.6
[Link] 65
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 66
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 60 25 85
L-255
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 67
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 68
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
[Link] 69
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 70
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
17) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
18) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
19) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
20) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
16) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
17) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
18) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
19) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
[Link] 71
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
14) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
7) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
[Link] 72
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
7) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
8) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 73
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 74
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 75
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 76
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 77
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 78
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 79
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 80
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 81
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 82
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 83
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 84
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 85
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 86
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 87
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
21) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
22) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
23) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
24) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
20) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
21) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
22) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
23) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 88
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
17) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 89
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
9) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
10) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 90
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 91
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 92
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 93
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 94
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 95
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 96
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 97
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 98
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 99
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 100
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 101
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 102
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 103
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 104
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
25) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
26) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
27) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
28) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
24) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
25) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
26) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
27) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 105
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
20) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 106
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
11) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
12) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 107
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 108
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 109
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 110
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 111
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 112
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 113
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 114
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 115
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 116
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 117
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 118
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 119
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 120
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 121
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
29) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
30) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
31) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
32) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
28) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
29) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
30) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
31) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 122
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
23) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 123
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
13) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
14) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 124
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 125
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 126
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 127
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 128
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 129
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 130
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 131
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 132
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 133
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 134
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 135
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 136
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 137
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 138
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
33) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
34) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
35) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
36) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
32) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
33) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
34) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
35) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 139
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
26) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 140
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
15) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
16) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 141
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 142
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 143
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 144
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 145
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 146
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 147
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 148
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 149
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 150
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 151
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 152
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 153
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 154
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 155
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
37) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
38) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
39) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
40) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
36) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
37) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
38) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
39) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 156
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
29) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 157
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
17) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
18) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 158
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 159
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 160
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 161
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 162
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 163
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 164
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 165
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 166
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 167
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 168
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 169
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 170
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 171
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 172
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
41) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
42) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
43) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
44) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
40) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
41) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
42) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
43) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 173
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
32) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 174
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
19) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
20) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 175
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 176
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 177
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 178
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 179
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 180
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 181
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 182
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 183
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 184
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 185
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 186
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 187
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 188
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 189
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
45) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
46) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
47) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
48) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
44) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
45) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
46) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
47) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 190
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
35) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 191
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
21) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
22) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 192
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 193
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 194
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 195
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 196
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 197
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 198
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 199
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 200
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 201
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 202
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 203
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 204
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 205
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 206
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
49) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
50) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
51) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
52) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
48) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
49) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
50) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
51) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 207
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
38) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 208
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
23) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
24) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 209
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 210
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 211
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 212
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 213
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 214
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 215
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 216
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 217
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 218
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 219
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 220
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 221
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 222
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 223
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
53) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
54) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
55) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
56) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
52) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
53) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
54) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
55) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 224
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
41) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 225
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
25) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
26) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 226
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 227
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 228
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 229
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 230
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 231
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 232
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 233
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 234
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 235
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 236
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 237
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 238
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 239
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 240
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
57) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
58) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
59) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
60) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
56) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
57) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
58) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
59) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 241
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
44) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 242
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
27) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
28) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 243
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 244
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 245
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 246
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 247
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 248
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 249
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 250
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 251
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 252
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 253
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 254
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 255
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 256
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 257
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
61) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
62) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
63) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
64) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
60) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
61) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
62) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
63) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 258
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
47) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 259
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
29) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
30) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 260
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 261
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 262
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 263
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 264
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 265
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 266
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 267
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 268
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 269
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 270
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 271
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 272
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 273
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 274
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
65) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
66) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
67) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
68) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
64) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
65) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
66) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
67) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 275
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
50) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 276
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
31) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
32) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 277
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 278
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 279
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 280
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 281
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 282
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 283
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 284
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 285
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 286
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 287
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 288
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 289
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 290
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 291
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
69) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
70) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
71) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
72) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
68) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
69) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
70) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
71) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 292
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
53) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 293
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
33) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
34) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 294
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 295
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 296
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 297
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 298
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 299
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 300
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 301
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 302
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 303
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 304
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 305
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 306
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 307
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 308
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
73) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
74) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
75) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
76) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
72) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
73) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
74) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
75) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 309
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
56) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 310
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
35) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
36) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 311
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 312
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 313
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 314
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 315
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 316
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 317
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 318
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 319
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 320
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 321
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 322
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 323
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 324
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 325
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
77) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
78) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
79) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
80) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
76) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
77) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
78) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
79) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 326
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
59) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 327
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
37) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
38) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 328
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 329
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 330
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 331
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 332
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 333
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 334
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 335
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 336
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 337
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 338
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 339
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 340
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 341
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 342
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
81) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
82) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
83) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
84) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
80) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
81) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
82) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
83) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 343
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
62) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 344
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
39) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
40) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 345
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 346
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 347
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 348
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 349
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 350
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 351
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 352
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 353
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 354
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 355
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 356
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 357
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 358
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 359
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
85) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
86) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
87) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
88) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
84) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
85) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
86) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
87) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 360
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
65) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 361
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
41) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
42) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 362
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 363
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 364
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 365
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 366
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 367
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 368
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 369
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 370
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 371
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 372
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 373
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 374
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 375
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 376
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
89) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
90) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
91) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
92) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
88) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
89) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
90) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
91) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 377
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
68) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 378
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
43) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
44) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 379
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 380
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 381
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 382
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 383
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 384
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 385
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 386
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 387
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 388
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 389
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 390
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 391
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 392
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 393
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
93) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
94) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
95) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
96) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
92) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
93) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
94) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
95) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 394
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
71) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 395
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
45) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
46) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 396
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 397
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 398
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 399
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 400
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 401
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 402
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 403
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 404
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 405
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 406
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 407
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 408
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 409
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 410
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
97) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
98) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
99) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
100) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
96) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
97) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-2400
(52-02) will close.
98) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed. Breaker
IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
99) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 411
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
74) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 412
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
47) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
48) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 413
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 414
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 415
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 416
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 417
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 418
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 419
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 420
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 421
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 422
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 423
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 424
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 425
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 426
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 427
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
101) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
102) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
103) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
104) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
100) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
101) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
102) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
103) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 428
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
77) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 429
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
49) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
50) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 430
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 431
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 432
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 433
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 434
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 435
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 436
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 437
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 438
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 439
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 440
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 441
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 442
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 443
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 444
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
105) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
106) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
107) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
108) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
104) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
105) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
106) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
107) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 445
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
80) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 446
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
51) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
52) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 447
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 448
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 449
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 450
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 451
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 452
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 453
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 454
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 455
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 456
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 457
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 458
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 459
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 460
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 461
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
109) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
110) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
111) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
112) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
108) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
109) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
110) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
111) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 462
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
83) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 463
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
53) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
54) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 464
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 465
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 466
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 467
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 468
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 469
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 470
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 471
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 472
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 473
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 474
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 475
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 476
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 477
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 478
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
113) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
114) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
115) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
116) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
112) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
113) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
114) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
115) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 479
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
86) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 480
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
55) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
56) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 481
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 482
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 483
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 484
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 485
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 486
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 487
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 488
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 489
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 490
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 491
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 492
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 493
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 494
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 495
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
117) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
118) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
119) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
120) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
116) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
117) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
118) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
119) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 496
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
89) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 497
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
57) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
58) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 498
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 499
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 500
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 501
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 502
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 503
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 504
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
The Relay will operate in two steps:
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
[Link] 505
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
59) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
59) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
60) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
nt/221103628/Section-4-Energy-Management
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link] 506
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 507
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 508
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 509
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 510
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 511
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 512
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 513
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 514
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 515
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 516
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
121) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
122) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
123) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
124) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
120) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
121) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
122) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
123) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 517
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
92) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 518
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
61) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
62) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 519
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 520
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 521
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 522
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 523
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 524
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 525
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 526
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 527
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 528
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 529
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 530
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 531
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 532
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 533
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
125) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
126) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
127) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
128) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
124) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
125) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
126) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
127) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 534
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
95) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 535
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
63) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
64) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 536
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 537
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 538
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 539
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 540
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 541
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 542
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 543
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 544
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 545
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 546
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 547
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 548
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 549
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 550
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
129) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
130) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
131) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
132) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
128) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
129) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
130) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
131) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 551
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
98) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 552
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
65) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
65) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
66) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 553
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 554
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 555
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 556
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 557
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 558
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 559
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 560
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 561
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 562
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 563
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 564
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 565
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 566
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 567
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
133) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
134) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
135) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
136) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
132) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
133) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
134) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
135) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 568
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
101) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 569
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
67) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
67) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
68) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 570
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 571
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 572
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 573
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 574
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 575
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 576
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 577
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 578
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 579
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 580
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 581
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 582
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 583
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 584
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
137) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
138) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
139) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
140) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
136) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
137) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
138) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
139) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 585
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
104) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 586
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
69) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
69) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
70) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 587
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 588
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 589
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 590
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 591
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 592
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 593
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 594
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 595
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 596
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 597
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 598
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 599
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 600
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 601
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
141) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
142) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
143) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
144) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
140) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
141) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
142) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
143) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 602
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
107) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 603
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
71) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
71) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
72) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 604
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 605
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 606
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 607
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 608
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 609
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 610
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 611
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 612
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 613
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 614
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 615
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 616
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 617
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 618
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
145) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
146) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
147) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
148) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
144) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
145) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
146) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
147) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 619
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
110) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 620
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
73) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
73) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
74) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 621
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 622
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 623
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 624
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 625
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 626
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 627
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 628
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 629
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 630
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 631
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 632
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 633
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 634
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 635
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
149) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
150) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
151) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
152) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
148) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
149) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
150) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
151) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 636
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
113) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 637
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
75) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
75) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
76) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 638
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 639
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 640
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 641
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 642
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 643
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 644
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 645
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 646
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 647
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 648
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 649
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 650
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 651
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 652
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 653
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
153) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
154) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
155) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
156) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
152) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
153) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
154) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
155) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 654
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
116) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 655
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
77) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
77) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
78) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 656
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 657
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 658
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 659
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 660
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 661
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 662
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 663
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 664
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 665
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 666
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 667
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 668
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 669
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 670
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
157) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
158) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
159) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
160) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
156) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
157) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
158) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
159) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 671
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
119) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 672
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
79) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
79) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
80) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 673
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 674
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 675
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 676
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 677
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 678
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 679
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 680
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 681
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 682
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 683
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 684
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 685
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 686
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 687
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
161) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
162) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
163) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
164) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
160) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
161) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
162) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
163) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 688
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
122) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 689
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
81) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
81) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
82) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 690
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 691
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 692
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 693
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 694
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 695
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 696
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 697
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 698
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 699
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 700
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 701
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
165) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
166) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
167) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
168) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
164) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
165) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
166) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
167) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 702
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
125) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 703
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
83) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
83) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
84) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 704
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 705
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 706
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 707
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 708
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 709
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 710
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 711
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 712
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 713
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 714
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 715
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 716
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 717
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 718
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
169) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
170) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
171) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
172) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
168) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
169) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
170) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
171) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 719
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
128) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 720
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
85) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
85) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
86) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 721
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 722
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 723
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 724
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 725
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 726
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 727
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 728
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 729
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 730
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 731
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 732
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 733
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 734
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 735
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
173) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
174) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
175) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
176) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
172) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
173) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
174) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
175) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 736
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
131) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 737
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
87) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
87) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
88) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 738
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 739
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 740
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 741
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 742
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 743
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 744
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 745
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 746
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 747
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 748
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 749
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 750
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 751
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 752
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
177) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
178) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
179) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
180) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
176) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
177) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
178) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
179) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 753
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
134) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 754
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
89) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
89) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
90) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 755
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 756
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 757
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 758
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 759
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 760
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 761
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 762
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 763
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 764
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 765
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 766
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 767
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 768
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 769
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
181) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
182) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
183) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
184) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
180) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
181) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
182) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
183) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 770
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
137) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 771
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
91) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
91) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
92) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 772
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 773
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 774
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 775
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 776
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 777
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 778
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 779
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 780
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 781
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 782
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 783
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 784
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 785
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 786
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
185) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
186) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
187) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
188) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
184) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
185) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
186) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
187) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 787
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
140) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 788
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
93) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
93) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
94) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 789
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 790
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 791
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 792
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 793
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 794
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 795
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 796
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 797
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 798
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 799
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 800
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 801
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 802
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 803
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
189) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
190) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
191) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
192) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
188) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
189) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
190) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
191) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 804
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
143) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 805
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
95) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
95) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
96) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 806
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 807
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 808
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 809
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 810
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 811
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 812
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 813
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from V
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 814
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
[Link] 815
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
193) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
194) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
195) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
196) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
192) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
193) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
194) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
195) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 816
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
146) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 817
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
97) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
97) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
98) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 818
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 819
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 820
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
ANTAMINA PROJECT
[Link] 821
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 822
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
REVISION
1 Updating project data items 3.03, 3.04 and 3.05 12th Nov, 1999
[Link] 823
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
CONTENT
1.00 PURPOSE
[Link] 824
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
1.00 PURPOSE
The purpose of this document is to provide the criteria for relay settings. On this
basis the calculations are performed to provide each setting.
ANSI/IEEE C37-93
IEC 255
Numerical Line Protection Type REL 316*4. Operating Instructions.
ABB Power Automation
Line Distance Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Technical Reference Manual.
ABB Network Partner
Breaker Protection Terminal REL 521*2.0. Users Manual.
ABB Network Partner
[Link] 825
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
At the present time, there is one transmission line from Paramonga Nueva to Tingo
Mara and the new Vizcarra Substation will be located along this line. There will be
one Static Var Compensator (SVC) in Vizcarra; also, there will be one new
Transmission Line from Vizcarra to Antamina Substation (L-255).
The relay settings are for the new Vizcarra Substation, where new Relays for the
lines to Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara Substations will be installed. At the
same time, the new settings will be determined for the existing Line Protection
Relays in both Paramonga Nueva and Tingo Mara substations. Nothing else will be
included in these substations. Also, the relay settings are for the new transmission
line from Vizcarra to Antamina (L-255).
The SVC will have differential protection, but it is out of the scope of this report.
Impedance Impedance
Positive Sequence Zero Sequence
LINE DISTANCE [Ohm/phase] [Ohm]
[km]
R X Ro Xo
Paramonga
Vizcarra 144.211 8.298 72.833 39.736 212.284
L-253
Tingo Mara
Vizcarra 173.7 9.995 87.727 47.862 255.695
L-252
Vizcarra
Antamina 52.08 3.001 26.568 20.745 88.429
L-255
Aguayta
Tingo Mara 73.29 4.217 37.015 20.194 107.890
Paramonga
Chimbote 221.2 19.466 110.6 54.681 365.422
L-215
Paramonga
Zapallal 157.5 14.175 124.11 38.903 256.73
L-213
[Link] 826
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
The minimum short-circuit currents will be with minimum dispatch. The system
configuration is shown on Figure No. 2
Line to ground
BUS SOURCE Three-phase fault fault
[kA] [kA]
Tingo Mara Aguayta 1.32 0.95
SICN 0.27 0.21
Vizcarra
TOTAL 1.58 1.16
X/R 11.5 8.9
[Link] 827
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
On the basis of the maximum short circuit current the source impedance at each bus
will be as follows
BUS X/R R X
[Ohm] [Ohm]
The fault resistance will be the arc resistance plus the tower resistance. The first
value will calculated according to the formula
Where L is the length of the arc which is typically three times the conductor to
tower spacing and I is the minimum shortcircuit current (average value of both
ends). On this basis the fault resistance will be as follows
[Link] 828
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
The technical characteristics of Voltage and Current Transformers are the following
Voltage Transformers
Primary [V] 220000 / 3 138000 220000 / 3
Current Transformers
Primary [A] 500 600 500
Secondary [A] 5 5 1
Power Line Carrier will provide support for the Protection System. There will be
three telecommunication links: Vizcarra Paramonga, Vizcarra Tingo Mara and
Vizcarra Antamina. One channel will be installed on each link and there will be
one Teleprotection Signal Equipment over each channel. This equipment will
provide four signals named A, B C and D.
[Link] 829
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
SVC will not be in service at the first stage, therefore provisional connections must
be done in order to get the proper overlapping protection zones on the 220 kV Ring
Bus. For this reason, one interconnection between current transformer boxes will be
necessary to extent the Antamina Line zone; in the same way, Antamina line
protection will trip the corresponding circuit breaker also. Both provisional
interconnection cables will be installed at the switchyard.
Relay ABB - REL 521 will be used for Primary Protection and Relay ABB - REL
316 will be used for Secondary Protection. Relay ABB - REB 551 will be used for
Breaker Protection.
In Vizcarra Substation, Primary Protection Relays will work with Trip 1 in the
Circuit Breakers and Secondary Protection Relays will work with Trip 2. Each
Breaker Protection will operate with one Lockout Relay to trip and block the
corresponding breakers. These relays will work with Trip 1 and Trip 2.
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
[Link] 830
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal A.
4.02.1 Paramonga Nueva Vizcarra (L-253) and Vizcarra Tingo Mara (L-
252) Lines
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relays at both
ends of the line will be used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission
line.
The first zone will operate to give direct trip the local breaker at each substation;
but one communication scheme will be used with the second zone. This scheme
will be trough the Teleprotection Equipment using signal B. The logic will be
Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT) to assure the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be as follows
Directional Earth Fault function (67N) in the Secondary Protection Relays will be
used also. It will work with the Teleprotection Equipment using signal C.
Permissive overreach logic will be used to assure that the fault is in the protected
line. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Secondary Protection will be carried out by Second Zone Impedance function (21
& 21N), which will operate with Permissive Overreach Transfer Trip (POTT)
scheme. The impedance setting will be 120% of the line in order to get the reach for
the full line.
[Link] 831
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
Stepped impedance (21 & 21N) function in the Primary Protection Relay will be
used to achieve fast fault clearance on all the transmission line. The setting will be
120% of the line in order to cover the full length.
Directional Earth Fault functions (67N) in the Primary Protection Relays will be
used also. The settings will be 15% in the residual current.
Primary Protection Relay will operate one Direct Transfer Trip trough the power
line carrier to trip both ends of the line. It will work with the Teleprotection
Equipment using signal B.
Backup Protection will be carried out by the second, third, fourth and fifth zones of
Impedance function in both Primary and Secondary Protection Relays.
Second zone will reach part of the next line and will have time delay in the first
time step. Fourth zone will be used to reach the next line and third zone will be
used to reach line back. Third and fourth zones will have time delay in the second
time step. Fifth zone will reach the protected line plus shortest next line. The
settings and timing will be as follows
Besides the Remote Backup Protection, there will be a Local Backup Protection
carried out by Breaker Failure Relay.
Breaker Failure Protection will start with tha main protection and will sense current
in the current. The setting will be 50% of the nominal current. In this way it will
repeat in 150 ms the signal to trip the Circuit Breaker. 150 ms later, it will trip the
adjacent breakers in Vizcarra Substation and will send one direct transfer trip to the
opposite station connected with the faulted breaker.
[Link] 832
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
4.04 Auto-reclosing
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2402 (52-01) and IN-2400 (52-02) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
197) Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
198) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
199) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker 52-01 must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
200) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
Automatic single-pole reclosing will be used with line protection. There will not be
three-pole reclosing. This function will be carried out by Breaker Protection Relay.
If there is a fault phase to ground in this line, two breakers must trip: Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) and IN-2406 (52-03) and the Auto-reclosing will be as follows:
196) Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) will trip all the poles, but Breaker IN-2400 (52-02)
will trip only the pole corresponding to the faulted phase
197) Time delay for Auto-reclosing will be 500 ms and after this Breaker IN-
2400 (52-02) will close.
198) If the fault is cleared the Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will remain closed.
Breaker IN-2406 (52-03) must be closed later by the Breaker Protection Relay.
199) If the fault is not cleared, Breaker IN-2400 (52-02) will trip the three poles
[Link] 833
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
There will not be auto-reclosing in this line. However, provisions for future
application will be included. Programming on the Relay will be switched OFF and
connection jumpers for the reclosing circuit will be removed.
Breaker Protection will be done by the devices incorporated in the equipment and
Breaker Protection Relay.
The devices in the Circuit Breaker will perform the protection as follows:
149) Pole Disagreement to trip the Breaker. It will trip the breaker after 1000 ms.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
[Link] 834
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Paramonga and Tingo Mara.
99) If the main protection sends the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2404 (52-04) and Breaker IN-2400 (52-02). At the same time, one
direct transfer will be sent to Tingo Mara.
99) If the main protection send the trip signal and 150 ms later the fault is not
cleared, Breaker Relay will repeat the trip signal
100) If 150 ms later (total 300 ms) the fault is not cleared, Breaker Relay will trip
Breaker IN-2402 (52-01) and Breaker IN-2406 (52-03).
[Link] 835
PROTECTION RELAY SETTINGS
21-30-26-E Rev 1
[Link] 836